blob: 5f375bbfa666f5e8064e5e7816d3e47631dbba9f [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
39 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020040 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000041SRST
42``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
43 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
44 available machines.
45
46 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
47 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
48 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
49 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
50
51 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
52 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
53 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
54 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
55 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
56
57 Supported machine properties are:
58
59 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
60 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020061 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000062 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
63 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
64 initialize.
65
66 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
67 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
68 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
69 off otherwise the default is on.
70
71 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
72 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
73
74 ``mem-merge=on|off``
75 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
76 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
77 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
78
79 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
80 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
81 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
82 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
83 is on.
84
85 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
86 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
87 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
88 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
89 is on.
90
91 ``nvdimm=on|off``
92 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
93
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000094 ``memory-encryption=``
95 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
96
97 ``hmat=on|off``
98 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
99 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500100
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100101 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500102 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
103 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
104
105 For example:
106 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100107
108 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
109 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
110 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500111
112 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100113
114 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
115 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
116 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
117 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
118 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
119 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
120
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500121 For example:
122 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100123
124 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
125 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
126 -m 512M
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000127ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000128
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200129DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
130 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid\n",
131 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
132
133SRST
134``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid}``
135 Define an SGX EPC section.
136ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200137
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000138DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100139 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000140SRST
141``-cpu model``
142 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
143 selection)
144ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000145
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000146DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100147 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200148 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100149 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100150 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100151 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700152 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100153 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400154 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300155 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000156SRST
157``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
158 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200159 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000160 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
161 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
162 initialize.
163
164 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
165 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
166 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
167 (default=off)
168
169 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
170 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
171 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
172 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
173 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
174 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
175
176 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
177 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
178
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700179 ``split-wx=on|off``
180 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
181 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
182 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
183 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
184
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000185 ``tb-size=n``
186 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
187
188 ``thread=single|multi``
189 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300190 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000191 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
192 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
193 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
194 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400195
196 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
197 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
198 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
199 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
200 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
201 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
202 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
203 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
204 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
205
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000206ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000207
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000208DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Yanan Wang553dc362021-09-28 20:11:33 +0800209 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Jes Sorensen6be68d72009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200210 " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100211 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700212 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100213 " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800214 " dies= number of CPU dies on one socket (for PC only)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100215 " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket (for PC, it's on one die)\n"
216 " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000217 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000218SRST
Daniel P. Berrangéb9361bd2021-06-22 15:32:02 +0100219``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100220 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
221 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
222 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800223 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
224 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
225 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
226 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
227 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
228 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Both parameters are
229 subject to an upper limit that is determined by the specific machine
230 type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100231
232 To control reporting of CPU topology information, the number of sockets,
233 dies per socket, cores per die, and threads per core can be specified.
234 The sum `` sockets * cores * dies * threads `` must be equal to the
235 maximum CPU count. CPU targets may only support a subset of the topology
236 parameters. Where a CPU target does not support use of a particular
237 topology parameter, its value should be assumed to be 1 for the purpose
238 of computing the CPU maximum count.
239
240 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800241 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
242 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
243 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
244 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
245 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
246 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800247 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
248 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000249ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000250
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000251DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800252 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
253 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100254 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800255 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800256 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
257 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100258 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000259SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000260``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
261 \
262``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
263 \
264``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
265 \
266``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
267 \
268``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
269 \
270``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000271 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
272 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
273 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
274
275 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
276 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
277 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
278 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
279 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
280 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
281
282 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
283 NUMA node:
284
285 ::
286
287 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
288
289 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
290 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
291 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
292 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
293 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
294 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
295 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
296 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
297 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
298
299 For example:
300
301 ::
302
303 -M pc \
304 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
305 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
306 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
307
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400308 Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
309 for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
310 a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
311 '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
312
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000313
314 '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
315 Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
316 use it.
317
318 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
319 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
320 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
321 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
322
323 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
324 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
325 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
326 and must be itself.
327
328 ::
329
330 -machine hmat=on \
331 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
332 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
333 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
334 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
335 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
336 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
337 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
338 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
339
340 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
341 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
342 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
343 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
344 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
345 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
346 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
347 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
348 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
349 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
350
351 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
352 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
353 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
354 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
355
356 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
357 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
358 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
359 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
360 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
361
362 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
363 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
364 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
365 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
366 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
367 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
368 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
369 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
370 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
371 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
372 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
373 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
374
375 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
376 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
377 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
378 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
379 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
380
381 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
382 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
383 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
384 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
385 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
386 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
387 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
388
389 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
390 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
391 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
392 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
393 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
394 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
395 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
396 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
397
398 ::
399
400 -machine hmat=on \
401 -m 2G \
402 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
403 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800404 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000405 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
406 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
407 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
408 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
409 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
410 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
411 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
412 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
413 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
414 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
415ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000416
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100417DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
418 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
419 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000420SRST
421``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
422 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
423
424 ``fd=fd``
425 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
426 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
427 stderr.
428
429 ``set=set``
430 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
431 descriptor to.
432
433 ``opaque=opaque``
434 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
435 describe fd.
436
437 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
438 set:
439
440 .. parsed-literal::
441
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200442 |qemu_system| \\
443 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
444 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000445 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
446ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100447
448DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
449 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
450 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
451 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000452SRST
453``-set group.id.arg=value``
454 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
455ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100456
457DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200458 "-global driver.property=value\n"
459 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100460 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
461 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000462SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000463``-global driver.prop=value``
464 \
465``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000466 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
467
468 .. parsed-literal::
469
470 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
471
472 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
473 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
474 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
475 use -``device``.
476
477 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
478 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
479 even when driver contains a dot.
480ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100481
482DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
483 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800484 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100485 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
486 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
487 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
488 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
489 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000490SRST
491``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
492 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
493 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
494 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
495 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
496 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
497 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
498 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
499 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
500 both at the same time.
501
502 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
503 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
504
505 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
506 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
507 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
508 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
509 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
510 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
511 800x640.
512
513 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
514 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
515 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
516 for X86 system support it.
517
518 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
519 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
520 options. The default is non-strict boot.
521
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000522 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000523
524 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
525 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
526 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
527 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
528 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
529 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
530
531 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
532 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
533ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100534
535DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300536 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100537 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200538 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200539 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400540 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
541 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100542 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000543SRST
544``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
545 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
546 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
547 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
548 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
549 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
550
551 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
552 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
553 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
554
555 .. parsed-literal::
556
557 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
558
559 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
560 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
561ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100562
563DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
564 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000565SRST
566``-mem-path path``
567 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
568ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100569
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100570DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
571 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
572 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000573SRST
574``-mem-prealloc``
575 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
576ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100577
578DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
579 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
580 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000581SRST
582``-k language``
583 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
584 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
585 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
586 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
587 PC/Windows hosts.
588
589 The available layouts are:
590
591 ::
592
593 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
594 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
595 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
596
597 The default is ``en-us``.
598ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100599
600
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100601HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100602DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100603 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100604 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000605SRST
606``-audio-help``
607 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
608 (deprecated) environment variables.
609ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100610
611DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
612 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
613 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
614 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
615 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200616 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100617 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
618 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
619 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
620 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100621 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100622 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100623 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100624 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
625 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
626#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
627 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
628 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100629 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100630 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
631 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
632#endif
633#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
634 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
635 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
636#endif
637#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
638 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
639 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
640#endif
641#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
642 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
643 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
644 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
645 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
646 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
647 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
648 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
649#endif
650#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
651 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
652 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
653 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100654 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100655#endif
656#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
657 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100658 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100659#endif
660#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
661 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
662#endif
663 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
664 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
665 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000666SRST
667``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
668 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
669 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
670 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
671 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
672 ``out.prop``. For example:
673
674 ::
675
676 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
677 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
678
679 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
680 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
681 and continue emulation without sound.
682
683 Valid global options are:
684
685 ``id=identifier``
686 Identifies the audio backend.
687
688 ``timer-period=period``
689 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
690 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
691
692 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
693 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
694 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
695 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
696 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
697 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
698 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
699 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
700 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
701
702 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
703 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
704 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
705 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
706
707 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
708 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
709 is 44100Hz.
710
711 ``in|out.channels=channels``
712 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
713 Default is 2 (stereo).
714
715 ``in|out.format=format``
716 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
717 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100718 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000719
720 ``in|out.voices=voices``
721 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
722
723 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
724 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
725
726``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
727 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
728 no backend specific properties.
729
730``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
731 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
732 Linux.
733
734 ALSA specific options are:
735
736 ``in|out.dev=device``
737 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
738 is ``default``.
739
740 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
741 Sets the period length in microseconds.
742
743 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
744 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
745
746 ``threshold=threshold``
747 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
748
749``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
750 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
751 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
752
753 Core Audio specific options are:
754
755 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
756 Sets the count of the buffers.
757
758``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
759 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
760 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
761
762 DirectSound specific options are:
763
764 ``latency=usecs``
765 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
766 10000 (10 ms).
767
768``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
769 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
770 Unix-like systems.
771
772 OSS specific options are:
773
774 ``in|out.dev=device``
775 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
776 ``/dev/dsp``.
777
778 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
779 Sets the count of the buffers.
780
781 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
782 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
783
784 ``try-mmap=on|off``
785 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
786
787 ``exclusive=on|off``
788 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
789 case). Default is off.
790
791 ``dsp-policy=policy``
792 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
793 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
794 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
795 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
796
797``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
798 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
799 most systems.
800
801 PulseAudio specific options are:
802
803 ``server=server``
804 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
805
806 ``in|out.name=sink``
807 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
808
809 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
810 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
811 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
812
813``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
814 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
815 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100816 possible.
817
818 SDL specific options are:
819
820 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
821 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000822
823``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
824 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
825 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
826 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
827 specific properties.
828
829``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
830 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
831
832 Backend specific options are:
833
834 ``path=path``
835 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
836 ``qemu.wav``.
837ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100838
839DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
840 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
841 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
842 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
843 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000844SRST
845``-soundhw card1[,card2,...] or -soundhw all``
846 Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
847 available sound hardware. For example:
848
849 .. parsed-literal::
850
851 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
852 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw es1370 disk.img
853 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw ac97 disk.img
854 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw hda disk.img
855 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw all disk.img
856 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw help
857
858 Note that Linux's i810\_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
859 require manually specifying clocking.
860
861 ::
862
863 modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
864ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100865
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100866DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
867 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
868 " add device (based on driver)\n"
869 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
870 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
871 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
872 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000873SRST
874``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
875 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
876 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
877 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
878
879 Some drivers are:
880
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -0500881``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000882 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
883 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
884 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
885 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
886
887 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
888 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
889 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
890 it.
891
892 ``id=id``
893 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
894
895 ``slave_addr=val``
896 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
897
898 ``sdrfile=file``
899 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
900 is none.
901
902 ``fruareasize=val``
903 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
904 1024.
905
906 ``frudatafile=file``
907 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
908 The default is none.
909
910 ``guid=uuid``
911 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
912 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
913 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
914
915``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
916 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
917 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
918 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
919
920 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
921 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
922 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
923 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
924 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
925 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
926 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
927 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
928
929 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
930 details on the external interface.
931
932``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
933 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
934 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
935
936 ``bmc=id``
937 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
938 above.
939
940 ``ioport=val``
941 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
942 for KCS.
943
944 ``irq=val``
945 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
946 interrupts, set this to 0.
947
948``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
949 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
950 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -0500951
952``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
953 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus.
954
955 ``bmc=id``
956 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
957
958``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
959 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -0400960
961``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
962 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
963 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
964
965 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
966 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
967 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
968 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
969 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
970 kernel-irqchip.
971
972 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
973 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
974 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
975 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
976 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
977 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
978 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
979
980 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
981 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
982 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
983 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
984
985 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
986 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
987 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
988 4-level IOMMU page tables.
989
990 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
991 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
992
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000993ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100994
995DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000996 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100997 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300998 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
999 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001000 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001001 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001002SRST
1003``-name name``
1004 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1005 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1006 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1007 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1008ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001009
1010DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1011 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1012 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001013SRST
1014``-uuid uuid``
1015 Set system UUID.
1016ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001017
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001018DEFHEADING()
1019
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001020DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001021
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001022DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001023 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1024DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001025SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001026``-fda file``
1027 \
1028``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001029 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1030 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001031ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001032
1033DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001034 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1035DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001036DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001037 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1038DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001039SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001040``-hda file``
1041 \
1042``-hdb file``
1043 \
1044``-hdc file``
1045 \
1046``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001047 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1048 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001049ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001050
1051DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001052 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
1053 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001054SRST
1055``-cdrom file``
1056 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
1057 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
1058 as filename.
1059ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001060
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001061DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1062 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1063 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001064 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1065 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001066 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1067 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001068SRST
1069``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1070 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1071 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1072 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1073 most common block drivers.
1074
1075 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1076 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1077 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1078 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1079 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1080
1081 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1082 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1083 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1084
1085 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1086 ``driver``
1087 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1088
1089 ``node-name``
1090 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1091 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1092 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1093 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1094
1095 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1096 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1097 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1098 explicit node name must be specified.
1099
1100 ``read-only``
1101 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1102
1103 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1104 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1105 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1106 option must be specified explicitly.
1107
1108 ``auto-read-only``
1109 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1110 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1111 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1112 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1113 is attached to the node.
1114
1115 ``force-share``
1116 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1117 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1118 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1119 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1120 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1121 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1122 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1123
1124 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1125
1126 ``cache.direct``
1127 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1128 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1129 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1130
1131 ``cache.no-flush``
1132 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1133 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1134 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1135 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1136 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1137 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1138 probably be rendered unusable.
1139
1140 ``discard=discard``
1141 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1142 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1143 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1144 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1145
1146 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1147 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1148 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1149 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1150 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1151 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1152
1153 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1154 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1155 files.
1156
1157 ``filename``
1158 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1159
1160 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001161 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1162 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001163
1164 ``locking``
1165 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1166 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1167 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1168 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1169
1170 Example:
1171
1172 ::
1173
1174 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1175
1176 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1177 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1178 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1179 ``file``.
1180
1181 ``file``
1182 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1183 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1184
1185 Example 1:
1186
1187 ::
1188
1189 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1190 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1191
1192 Example 2:
1193
1194 ::
1195
1196 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1197
1198 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1199 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1200 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1201 ``file``.
1202
1203 ``file``
1204 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1205 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1206
1207 ``backing``
1208 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1209 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1210 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1211 file.
1212
1213 ``lazy-refcounts``
1214 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1215 default is taken from the image file)
1216
1217 ``cache-size``
1218 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1219 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1220 refcount-cache-size)
1221
1222 ``l2-cache-size``
1223 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1224 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1225 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1226 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1227 minimal refcount cache size)
1228
1229 ``refcount-cache-size``
1230 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1231 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1232 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1233 cache)
1234
1235 ``cache-clean-interval``
1236 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1237 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1238 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1239 to 0 disables this feature.
1240
1241 ``pass-discard-request``
1242 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1243 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1244 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1245
1246 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1247 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1248 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1249 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1250
1251 ``pass-discard-other``
1252 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1253 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1254 (on/off; default: off)
1255
1256 ``overlap-check``
1257 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1258 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1259 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1260 ``blockdev-add``.
1261
1262 Example 1:
1263
1264 ::
1265
1266 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1267 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1268
1269 Example 2:
1270
1271 ::
1272
1273 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1274
1275 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1276 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1277 QMP command.
1278ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001279
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001280DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1281 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001282 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001283 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001284 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1285 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001286 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001287 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001288 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1289 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1290 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1291 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001292 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001293 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001294 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001295SRST
1296``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1297 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1298 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1299 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1300
1301 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1302 In addition, it knows the following options:
1303
1304 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001305 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1306 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1307 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001308 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1309
1310 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1311 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1312 for more information.
1313
1314 ``if=interface``
1315 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1316 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1317 pflash, virtio, none.
1318
1319 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1320 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1321 the bus number and the unit id.
1322
1323 ``index=index``
1324 This option defines where is connected the drive by using an
1325 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1326 type.
1327
1328 ``media=media``
1329 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1330
1331 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1332 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1333 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1334
1335 ``cache=cache``
1336 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1337 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1338 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1339 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1340 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1341 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1342 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1343
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001344 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1345 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1346 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1347 writeback on off off
1348 none on on off
1349 writethrough off off off
1350 directsync off on off
1351 unsafe on off on
1352 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001353
1354 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1355
1356 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001357 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1358 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001359
1360 ``format=format``
1361 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1362 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1363 an untrusted format header.
1364
1365 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1366 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1367 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1368 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1369 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1370 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1371 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1372
1373 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1374 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1375 backing file sectors into the image file.
1376
1377 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1378 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1379 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1380 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1381 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1382
1383 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1384 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1385 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1386 above the limit temporarily.
1387
1388 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1389 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1390 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1391
1392 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1393 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1394 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1395 spike above the limit temporarily.
1396
1397 ``iops_size=is``
1398 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1399 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1400 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1401
1402 ``group=g``
1403 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1404 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1405 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1406 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1407 disk.
1408
1409 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1410 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1411 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1412 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1413 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1414 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1415
1416 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1417 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1418 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1419 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1420 this has a major impact on performance.
1421
1422 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1423
1424 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1425 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1426 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1427
1428 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1429
1430 .. parsed-literal::
1431
1432 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1433
1434 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1435
1436 .. parsed-literal::
1437
1438 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1439 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1440 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1441 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1442
1443 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1444 set:
1445
1446 .. parsed-literal::
1447
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001448 |qemu_system| \\
1449 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1450 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001451 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1452
1453 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1454
1455 .. parsed-literal::
1456
1457 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1458
1459 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1460 drive:
1461
1462 .. parsed-literal::
1463
1464 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1465
1466 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1467
1468 .. parsed-literal::
1469
1470 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1471 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1472
1473 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1474 incremented:
1475
1476 .. parsed-literal::
1477
1478 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b"
1479
1480 is interpreted like:
1481
1482 .. parsed-literal::
1483
1484 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1485ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001486
1487DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001488 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1489 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001490SRST
1491``-mtdblock file``
1492 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1493ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001494
1495DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001496 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001497SRST
1498``-sd file``
1499 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1500ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001501
1502DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001503 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001504SRST
1505``-pflash file``
1506 Use file as a parallel flash image.
1507ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001508
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001509DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001510 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1511 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001512SRST
1513``-snapshot``
1514 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1515 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001516 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1517 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001518ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001519
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301520DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001521 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001522 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001523 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1524 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1525 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1526 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001527 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001528 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1529 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001530 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301531 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1532
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001533SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001534``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001535 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001536``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001537 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001538``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001539 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001540``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001541 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1542
1543 ``local``
1544 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1545
1546 ``proxy``
1547 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1548
1549 ``synth``
1550 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1551
1552 ``id=id``
1553 Specifies identifier for this device.
1554
1555 ``path=path``
1556 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1557 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1558
1559 ``security_model=security_model``
1560 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1561 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1562 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1563 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1564 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1565 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1566 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1567 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1568 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1569 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1570 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1571 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1572 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1573 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1574 parameter.
1575
1576 ``writeout=writeout``
1577 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1578 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1579 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1580 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1581 storage subsystem.
1582
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001583 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001584 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1585 default read-write access is given.
1586
1587 ``socket=socket``
1588 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1589 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1590
1591 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1592 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1593 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1594 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1595 sock\_fd.
1596
1597 ``fmode=fmode``
1598 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1599 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1600 "mapped-file".
1601
1602 ``dmode=dmode``
1603 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1604 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1605 "mapped-file".
1606
1607 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1608 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1609 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1610
1611 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1612 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1613 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1614 above the limit temporarily.
1615
1616 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1617 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1618 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1619
1620 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1621 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1622 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1623 spike above the limit temporarily.
1624
1625 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1626 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1627 throttling purposes.
1628
1629 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1630
1631``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1632 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1633
1634 ``type``
1635 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1636 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1637
1638 ``fsdev=id``
1639 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1640
1641 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1642 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1643 export point.
1644ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301645
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301646DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001647 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001648 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1649 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1650 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1651 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301652 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1653
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001654SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001655``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001656 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001657``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001658 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001659``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001660 \
1661``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001662 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1663 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1664 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1665 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1666 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
1667 simultaniously.
1668
1669 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1670 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1671
1672 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001673
1674 ``local``
1675 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1676
1677 ``proxy``
1678 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1679
1680 ``synth``
1681 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1682
1683 ``id=id``
1684 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1685
1686 ``path=path``
1687 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1688 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1689
1690 ``security_model=security_model``
1691 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1692 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1693 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1694 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1695 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1696 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1697 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1698 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1699 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1700 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1701 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1702 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1703 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1704 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1705 parameter.
1706
1707 ``writeout=writeout``
1708 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1709 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1710 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1711 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1712 storage subsystem.
1713
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001714 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001715 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1716 default read-write access is given.
1717
1718 ``socket=socket``
1719 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1720 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1721 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1722 sock\_fd.
1723
1724 ``sock_fd``
1725 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1726 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1727
1728 ``fmode=fmode``
1729 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1730 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1731 "mapped-file".
1732
1733 ``dmode=dmode``
1734 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1735 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1736 "mapped-file".
1737
1738 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1739 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1740 export point.
1741
1742 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1743 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1744 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1745 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1746 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1747 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1748 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1749 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1750 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1751 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1752 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1753 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1754 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1755 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1756 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1757 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1758 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1759 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1760 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1761 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1762 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1763 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1764 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1765 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1766 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1767 devices).
1768ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301769
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001770DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1771 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1772 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1773 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1774 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1775 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1776
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001777SRST
1778``-iscsi``
1779 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1780ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001781
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001782DEFHEADING()
1783
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001784DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001785
1786DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001787 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001788 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001789SRST
1790``-usb``
1791 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1792 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1793 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1794 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1795ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001796
1797DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1798 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1799 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001800SRST
1801``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001802 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
1803 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
1804 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
1805 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
1806 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
1807 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
1808 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
1809 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
1810 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
1811 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
1812 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001813 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001814 Possible devices for devname are:
1815
1816 ``braille``
1817 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1818 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
1819 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
1820 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
1821
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001822 ``keyboard``
1823 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001824
1825 ``mouse``
1826 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1827 activated.
1828
1829 ``tablet``
1830 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1831 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1832 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1833 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1834
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001835 ``wacom-tablet``
1836 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
1837
1838
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001839ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001840
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001841DEFHEADING()
1842
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001843DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001844
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001845DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001846#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001847 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001848#endif
1849#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001850 "-display sdl[,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02001851 " [,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001852#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001853#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001854 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
1855 " [,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001856#endif
1857#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1858 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1859#endif
1860#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1861 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1862#endif
1863#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1864 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1865#endif
1866 "-display none\n"
1867 " select display backend type\n"
1868 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
1869#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1870 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001871#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001872 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001873#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001874 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001875#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001876 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001877#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001878 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001879#endif
1880 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001881SRST
1882``-display type``
1883 Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1884 old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Use ``-display help`` to list
1885 the available display types. Valid values for type are
1886
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001887 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
1888 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1889 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
1890 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
1891
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001892 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001893 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1894 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001895 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001896
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02001897 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
1898 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. `<mods>` can be
1899 either `lshift-lctrl-lalt` or `rctrl`.
1900
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02001901 ``alt_grab=on|off`` : Use Control+Alt+Shift-g to toggle mouse grabbing.
1902 This parameter is deprecated - use ``grab-mod`` instead.
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001903
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02001904 ``ctrl_grab=on|off`` : Use Right-Control-g to toggle mouse grabbing.
1905 This parameter is deprecated - use ``grab-mod`` instead.
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001906
1907 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
1908
1909 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
1910
1911 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
1912
1913 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001914 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
1915 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001916 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001917
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001918 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
1919
1920 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
1921
1922 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
1923
1924 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
1925
1926 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
1927
1928 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001929 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
1930 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
1931 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
1932 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
1933 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
1934 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
1935 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
1936 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
1937 ``CP437``.
1938
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001939 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001940 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
1941 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
1942 VNC or SPICE displays.
1943
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001944 ``vnc=<display>``
1945 Start a VNC server on display <display>
1946
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001947 ``none``
1948 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
1949 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
1950 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
1951 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
1952 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
1953 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001954ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001955
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001956DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001957 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
1958 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001959SRST
1960``-nographic``
1961 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
1962 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
1963 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
1964 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
1965 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
1966 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
1967 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
1968 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
1969ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001970
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001971DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001972 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001973 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001974SRST
1975``-curses``
1976 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
1977 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
1978 monitor in a window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA
1979 output when in text mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing
1980 is displayed in graphical mode.
1981ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001982
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001983DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001984 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1985 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001986SRST
1987``-alt-grab``
1988 Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that
1989 this also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02001990 switching, etc). This option is deprecated - please use
1991 ``-display sdl,grab-mod=lshift-lctrl-lalt`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001992ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001993
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001994DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001995 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1996 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001997SRST
1998``-ctrl-grab``
1999 Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this
2000 also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02002001 switching, etc). This option is deprecated - please use
2002 ``-display sdl,grab-mod=rctrl`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002003ERST
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05002004
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002005DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
Thomas Huthb6ddc6a2021-06-30 18:32:30 +02002006 "-no-quit disable SDL/GTK window close capability (deprecated)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002007SRST
2008``-no-quit``
Thomas Huthb6ddc6a2021-06-30 18:32:30 +02002009 Disable window close capability (SDL and GTK only). This option is
2010 deprecated, please use ``-display ...,window-close=off`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002011ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002012
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002013DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002014 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002015SRST
2016``-sdl``
2017 Enable SDL.
2018ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002019
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002020DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002021 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2022 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2023 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002024 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2025 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002026 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2027 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2028 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002029 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
2030 " [,password=<string>][,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002031 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2032 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2033 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002034 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2035 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002036 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002037 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002038 " enable spice\n"
2039 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
2040 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002041SRST
2042``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2043 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2044
2045 ``port=<nr>``
2046 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2047
2048 ``addr=<addr>``
2049 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2050 address.
2051
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002052 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002053 Force using the specified IP version.
2054
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002055 ``password=<string>``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002056 Set the password you need to authenticate.
2057
Daniel P. Berrangéc47c0bc2021-03-11 11:43:43 +00002058 This option is deprecated and insecure because it leaves the
2059 password visible in the process listing. Use ``password-secret``
2060 instead.
2061
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002062 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2063 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2064 you need to authenticate.
2065
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002066 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002067 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2068 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2069 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2070 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2071 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2072 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2073 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2074 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2075 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2076 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2077 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2078 credentials.
2079
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002080 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002081 Allow client connects without authentication.
2082
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002083 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002084 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2085
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002086 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002087 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2088 guest.
2089
2090 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2091 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2092
2093 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2094 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2095 $display,x509=$dir
2096
2097 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2098 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2099
2100 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2101 Specify which ciphers to use.
2102
2103 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2104 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2105 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2106 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2107 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2108 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2109 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2110
2111 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2112 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2113
2114 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2115 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2116 is auto.
2117
2118 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2119 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2120
2121 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2122 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2123
2124 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2125 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2126 Default is on.
2127
2128 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2129 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2130
2131 ``gl=[on|off]``
2132 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2133
2134 ``rendernode=<file>``
2135 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2136 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2137ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002138
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002139DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002140 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2141 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002142SRST
2143``-portrait``
2144 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2145ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002146
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002147DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2148 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2149 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002150SRST
2151``-rotate deg``
2152 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2153ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002154
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002155DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002156 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002157 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002158SRST
2159``-vga type``
2160 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2161
2162 ``cirrus``
2163 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2164 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2165 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2166 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2167
2168 ``std``
2169 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2170 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2171 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2172 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2173 2.2)
2174
2175 ``vmware``
2176 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2177 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2178 driver for this card.
2179
2180 ``qxl``
2181 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2182 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2183 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2184 protocol.
2185
2186 ``tcx``
2187 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2188 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2189 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2190
2191 ``cg3``
2192 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2193 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2194 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2195 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2196
2197 ``virtio``
2198 Virtio VGA card.
2199
2200 ``none``
2201 Disable VGA card.
2202ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002203
2204DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002205 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002206SRST
2207``-full-screen``
2208 Start in full screen.
2209ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002210
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002211DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002212 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002213 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002214SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002215``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002216 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2217
2218 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2219
2220 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2221 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2222 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2223 OBP.
2224ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002225
2226DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002227 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002228SRST
2229``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2230 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2231 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2232 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2233 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2234 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2235 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2236 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2237 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2238
2239 ``to=L``
2240 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2241 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2242 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2243 application. By default, to=0.
2244
2245 ``host:d``
2246 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2247 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2248 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2249 any host.
2250
2251 ``unix:path``
2252 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2253 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2254
2255 ``none``
2256 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2257 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2258
2259 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2260 separated by commas. Valid options are
2261
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002262 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002263 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2264 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2265 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2266 number, not a display number.
2267
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002268 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002269 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2270 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2271 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2272 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2273
2274 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2275 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2276 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2277
2278 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2279 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2280 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2281
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002282 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002283 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2284 connections.
2285
2286 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002287 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002288 syntax to change your password is:
2289 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2290 either "vnc" or "spice".
2291
2292 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2293 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2294 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2295 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2296 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2297 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2298 this date and time).
2299
2300 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2301 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2302 expire.
2303
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002304 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2305 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2306 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2307 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2308
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002309 ``tls-creds=ID``
2310 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2311 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2312 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2313 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2314 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2315 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2316
2317 ``tls-authz=ID``
2318 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2319 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2320 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2321 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2322 default to denying access.
2323
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002324 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002325 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2326 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2327 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2328 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2329 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2330 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2331 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2332 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2333 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2334 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2335 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2336 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002337 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2338 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002339
2340 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2341 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2342 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2343 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2344 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2345 to denying access.
2346
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002347 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002348 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2349 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2350 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2351 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2352 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2353
2354 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2355 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2356
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002357 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002358 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2359 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2360 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2361 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2362
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002363 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002364 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2365 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2366 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2367 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2368 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2369 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2370
2371 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2372 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2373 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2374 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2375 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2376 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2377 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2378 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2379 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2380 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2381 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2382 traditional QEMU behavior.
2383
2384 ``key-delay-ms``
2385 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2386 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2387 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2388 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2389 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2390 scripts for automated testing.
2391
2392 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2393 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2394 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2395 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2396 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002397
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002398 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002399 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2400 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002401ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002402
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002403ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002404
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002405ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002406
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002407DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002408 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2409 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002410SRST
2411``-win2k-hack``
2412 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2413 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2414 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2415ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002416
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002417DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002418 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2419 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002420SRST
2421``-no-fd-bootchk``
2422 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2423 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2424ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002425
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002426DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002427 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002428SRST
2429``-no-acpi``
2430 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2431 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2432 machine only).
2433ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002434
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002435DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002436 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002437SRST
2438``-no-hpet``
2439 Disable HPET support.
2440ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002441
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002442DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002443 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002444 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002445SRST
2446``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2447 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2448 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2449 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2450 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2451 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2452 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2453 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2454 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2455 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2456ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002457
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002458DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2459 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002460 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002461 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2462 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002463 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002464 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2465 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002466 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2467 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2468 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2469 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2470 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2471 " [,sku=str]\n"
2472 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2473 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002474 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002475 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002476 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2477 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002478 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002479 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002480 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2481 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2482 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002483 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002484SRST
2485``-smbios file=binary``
2486 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2487
2488``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2489 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2490
2491``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2492 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2493
2494``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2495 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2496
2497``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2498 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2499
2500``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str]``
2501 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2502
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002503``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2504 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2505
2506 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2507 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2508 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2509 concurrently.
2510
2511 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2512 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2513
2514 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2515 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2516
2517 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2518 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2519 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2520 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2521
2522 An example passing three strings is
2523
2524 .. parsed-literal::
2525
2526 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2527 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2528 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2529
2530 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2531
2532 .. parsed-literal::
2533
2534 $ dmidecode -t 11
2535 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2536 OEM Strings
2537 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2538 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2539 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2540
2541
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002542``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2543 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002544
2545``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2546 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2547
2548 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2549 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2550 position on the PCI bus.
2551
2552 Here is an example of use:
2553
2554 .. parsed-literal::
2555
2556 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2557 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2558 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2559
2560 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2561
2562 ..parsed-literal::
2563
2564 $ ip -brief l
2565 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2566 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2567
2568 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2569
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002570ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002571
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002572DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002573
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002574DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002575
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002576DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002577#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002578 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2579 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002580 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002581 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002582 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002583#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002584 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002585#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002586 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2587 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002588#endif
2589#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002590 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2591 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002592#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002593 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002594 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002595 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002596 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002597 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002598 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002599 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2600 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2601 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002602 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002603 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2604 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002605 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002606 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002607 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002608 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002609 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2610 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002611 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002612 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2613 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002614 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002615 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002616 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002617 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002618 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002619 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2620 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2621 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2622 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002623#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002624#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002625 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002626 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2627 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002628 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2629 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2630 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002631 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002632 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002633 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002634 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002635 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2636 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2637 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2638 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002639 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002640 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2641 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2642 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2643 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2644 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2645 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2646 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2647 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2648 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2649 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2650#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002651 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2652 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2653 " using a socket connection\n"
2654 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2655 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002656 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002657 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2658 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2659 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002660#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002661 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2662 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2663 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002664 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2665 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2666#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002667#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002668 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002669 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2670 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2671 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2672#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002673#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002674 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2675 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002676#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002677#ifdef __linux__
2678 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n"
2679 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
2680#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002681 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002682 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002683DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002684 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002685#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2686 "user|"
2687#endif
2688#ifdef __linux__
2689 "l2tpv3|"
2690#endif
2691#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2692 "vde|"
2693#endif
2694#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2695 "netmap|"
2696#endif
2697#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2698 "vhost-user|"
2699#endif
2700 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2701 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2702 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002703 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002704 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2705 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002706DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002707 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002708 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002709 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002710 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002711#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2712 "user|"
2713#endif
2714 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002715 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002716#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2717 "vde|"
2718#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002719#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2720 "netmap|"
2721#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002722 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002723 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2724 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002725SRST
2726``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2727 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2728 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2729 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2730 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2731 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2732 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2733
2734 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2735 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2736
2737 .. parsed-literal::
2738
2739 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2740 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2741
2742``-nic none``
2743 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2744 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2745 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2746 are provided.
2747
2748``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2749 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2750 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2751
2752 ``id=id``
2753 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2754
2755 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2756 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2757 specified both protocols are enabled.
2758
2759 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2760 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2761 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2762 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2763
2764 ``host=addr``
2765 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2766 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2767
2768 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2769 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2770 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2771 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2772 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2773
2774 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2775 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2776 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2777
2778 ``restrict=on|off``
2779 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2780 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2781 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2782 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2783
2784 ``hostname=name``
2785 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2786 server.
2787
2788 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2789 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2790 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2791 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2792
2793 ``dns=addr``
2794 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2795 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2796 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2797
2798 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2799 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2800 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2801 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2802
2803 ``dnssearch=domain``
2804 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2805 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2806 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2807 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2808 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2809 be resolved.
2810
2811 Example:
2812
2813 .. parsed-literal::
2814
2815 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2816
2817 ``domainname=domain``
2818 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2819 server.
2820
2821 ``tftp=dir``
2822 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2823 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
2824 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
2825 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
2826
2827 ``tftp-server-name=name``
2828 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
2829 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
2830 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
2831 the host address.
2832
2833 ``bootfile=file``
2834 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
2835 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
2836 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
2837
2838 Example (using pxelinux):
2839
2840 .. parsed-literal::
2841
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002842 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002843 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
2844
2845 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
2846 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2847 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
2848 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
2849 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
2850 i.e. x.x.x.4.
2851
2852 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2853
2854 ::
2855
2856 10.0.2.4 smbserver
2857
2858 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
2859 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
2860 NT/2000).
2861
2862 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
2863
2864 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
2865
2866 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
2867 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
2868 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
2869 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
2870 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
2871 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
2872 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
2873 option can be given multiple times.
2874
2875 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
2876 guest screen 0, use the following:
2877
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002878 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002879
2880 # on the host
2881 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
2882 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2883 xterm -display :1
2884
2885 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
2886 port on the guest, use the following:
2887
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002888 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002889
2890 # on the host
2891 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
2892 telnet localhost 5555
2893
2894 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
2895 connect to the guest telnet server.
2896
2897 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
2898 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
2899 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
2900 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
2901 can be given multiple times.
2902
2903 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
2904 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
2905
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002906 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002907
2908 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2909 # the guest accesses it
2910 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
2911
2912 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
2913 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
2914 for that virtual server:
2915
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002916 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002917
2918 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2919 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
2920 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
2921
2922``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
2923 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
2924
2925 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
2926 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
2927 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
2928 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
2929 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
2930 disable script execution.
2931
2932 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08002933 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002934 The default network helper executable is
2935 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
2936 ``br0``.
2937
2938 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
2939 host TAP interface.
2940
2941 Examples:
2942
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002943 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002944
2945 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
2946 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
2947
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002948 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002949
2950 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
2951 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002952 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2953 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002954 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
2955
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002956 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002957
2958 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2959 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002960 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002961 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
2962
2963``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
2964 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
2965
2966 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
2967 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
2968 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
2969 ``br0``.
2970
2971 Examples:
2972
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002973 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002974
2975 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2976 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
2977 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
2978
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002979 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002980
2981 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2982 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
2983 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
2984
2985``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
2986 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
2987 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
2988 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
2989 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
2990 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
2991 already opened TCP socket.
2992
2993 Example:
2994
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002995 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002996
2997 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002998 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2999 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003000 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3001 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003002 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3003 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003004 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3005
3006``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3007 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3008 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3009 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3010 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3011
3012 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3013 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3014
3015 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3016 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3017
3018 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3019
3020 Example:
3021
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003022 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003023
3024 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003025 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3026 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003027 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3028 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003029 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3030 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003031 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3032 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003033 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3034 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003035 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3036
3037 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3038
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003039 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003040
3041 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003042 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3043 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003044 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3045 # launch UML
3046 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3047
3048 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3049
3050 .. parsed-literal::
3051
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003052 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3053 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003054 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3055
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003056``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003057 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3058 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3059 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3060 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3061
3062 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3063 firewall directly.
3064
3065 ``src=srcaddr``
3066 source address (mandatory)
3067
3068 ``dst=dstaddr``
3069 destination address (mandatory)
3070
3071 ``udp``
3072 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3073
3074 ``srcport=srcport``
3075 source udp port.
3076
3077 ``dstport=dstport``
3078 destination udp port.
3079
3080 ``ipv6``
3081 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3082
3083 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3084 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3085 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3086 they are 32 bit.
3087
3088 ``cookie64``
3089 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3090
3091 ``counter=off``
3092 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3093 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3094
3095 ``pincounter=on``
3096 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3097 on networks which have packet reorder.
3098
3099 ``offset=offset``
3100 Add an extra offset between header and data
3101
3102 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3103 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3104
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003105 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003106
3107 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3108 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003109 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003110 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003111 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003112 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3113 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3114 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3115 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3116
3117
3118 # on 4.3.2.1
3119 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3120
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003121 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003122 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3123
3124``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3125 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3126 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3127 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3128 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3129 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3130
3131 Example:
3132
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003133 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003134
3135 # launch vde switch
3136 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3137 # launch QEMU instance
3138 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3139
3140``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3141 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3142 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3143 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3144 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3145 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3146 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3147 multiqueue vhost-user.
3148
3149 Example:
3150
3151 ::
3152
3153 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3154 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3155 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3156 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3157 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3158
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003159``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev``
3160 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3161
3162 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3163 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3164 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3165 emulated by software.
3166
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003167``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3168 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3169
3170 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3171 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3172 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3173 option.
3174
3175``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3176 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3177 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3178 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3179 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3180 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3181 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3182 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3183 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3184 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3185 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3186 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3187 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3188 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3189 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3190 target.
3191
3192``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3193 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3194 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3195 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3196ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003197
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003198DEFHEADING()
3199
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003200DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003201
3202DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003203 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003204 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003205 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003206 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003207 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003208 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003209 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003210 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003211 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003212 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3213 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003214 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003215 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3216 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3217 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3218 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003219#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003220 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3221 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003222#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003223 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3224 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003225#endif
3226#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003227 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003228#endif
3229#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3230 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003231 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3232 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003233#endif
3234#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003235 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3236 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003237#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003238#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003239 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3240 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003241#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003242 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003243)
3244
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003245SRST
3246The general form of a character device option is:
3247
3248``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3249 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3250 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
3251 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``,
3252 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3253 applicable options.
3254
3255 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3256
3257 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3258 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3259 other command line directives.
3260
3261 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3262 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3263 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3264 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3265 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3266 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3267 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3268 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3269 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3270 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3271 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3272 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3273
3274 ::
3275
3276 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3277 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3278 -serial chardev:char0 \
3279 -serial chardev:char0
3280
3281 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3282 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3283 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3284 parallel port:
3285
3286 ::
3287
3288 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3289 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3290 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3291 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3292 -serial chardev:char1 \
3293 -serial chardev:char1
3294
3295 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003296 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3297 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3298 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003299
3300 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3301 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3302 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3303 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3304 and the monitor to stdio.
3305
3306 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3307 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3308 multiple chardevs).
3309
3310 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3311 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3312 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3313 or appended to when opened.
3314
3315The available backends are:
3316
3317``-chardev null,id=id``
3318 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3319 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3320
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003321``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003322 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3323 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3324 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3325 socket.
3326
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003327 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003328
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003329 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003330 to connect to a listening socket.
3331
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003332 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003333 telnet escape sequences.
3334
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003335 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003336 communication.
3337
3338 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3339 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3340 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3341 and is the default.
3342
3343 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3344 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3345 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3346 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3347
3348 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3349 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3350 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3351 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3352 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3353
3354 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3355
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003356 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003357 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3358 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3359 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3360 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3361
3362 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3363 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3364 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3365 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3366
3367 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3368 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3369 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3370 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3371
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003372 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3373 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3374 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003375
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003376 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003377
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003378 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003379 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3380 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003381 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003382 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003383 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003384 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003385
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003386``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003387 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3388
3389 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3390 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3391
3392 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3393 ``port`` is required.
3394
3395 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3396 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3397
3398 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3399 any available local port will be used.
3400
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003401 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003402 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3403
3404``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3405 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3406 does not take any options.
3407
3408``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3409 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3410 specific size.
3411
3412 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3413 of the console, in pixels.
3414
3415 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3416 text console with the given dimensions.
3417
3418``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3419 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3420 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3421
3422``-chardev file,id=id,path=path``
3423 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3424
3425 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3426 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3427 ``path`` is required.
3428
3429``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3430 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3431 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3432
3433 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3434 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3435
3436 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3437 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3438 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3439 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3440
3441 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3442 required.
3443
3444``-chardev console,id=id``
3445 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3446 does not take any options.
3447
3448 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3449
3450``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3451 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3452
3453 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3454 serial lines.
3455
3456 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3457
3458``-chardev pty,id=id``
3459 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3460 does not take any options.
3461
3462 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3463
3464``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3465 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3466
3467 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3468 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3469 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3470
3471``-chardev braille,id=id``
3472 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3473 options.
3474
3475``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path``
3476 ``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
3477 and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``.
3478
3479 ``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required.
3480
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003481``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3482 \
3483``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003484 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3485 hosts.
3486
3487 Connect to a local parallel port.
3488
3489 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3490 required.
3491
3492``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3493 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3494
3495 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3496
3497 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3498
3499 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3500
3501``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3502 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3503
3504 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3505
3506 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3507
3508 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3509 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3510ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003511
3512DEFHEADING()
3513
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003514#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003515DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003516
3517DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003518 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3519 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3520 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003521 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3522 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3523 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003524 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003525SRST
3526The general form of a TPM device option is:
3527
3528``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3529 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3530 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3531 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3532
3533 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3534
3535The available backends are:
3536
3537``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3538 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3539 passthrough driver.
3540
3541 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3542 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3543 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3544
3545 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3546 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3547 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3548 sysfs entry to use.
3549
3550 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3551
3552 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3553 by any other application on the host.
3554
3555 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3556 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3557 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3558 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3559 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3560 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3561 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3562 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3563 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3564 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3565
3566 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3567
3568 ::
3569
3570 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3571
3572 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3573 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3574
3575``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3576 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3577 socket based chardev backend.
3578
3579 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3580 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3581
3582 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3583
3584 ::
3585
3586 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3587ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003588
3589DEFHEADING()
3590
3591#endif
3592
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003593DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003594SRST
3595When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot kernel
3596without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful for easier
3597testing of various kernels.
3598
3599
3600ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003601
3602DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003603 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003604SRST
3605``-kernel bzImage``
3606 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3607 or in multiboot format.
3608ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003609
3610DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003611 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003612SRST
3613``-append cmdline``
3614 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3615ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003616
3617DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003618 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003619SRST
3620``-initrd file``
3621 Use file as initial ram disk.
3622
3623``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3624 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3625
3626 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3627 first module.
3628ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003629
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003630DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003631 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003632SRST
3633``-dtb file``
3634 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3635 kernel on boot.
3636ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003637
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003638DEFHEADING()
3639
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003640DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003641
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003642DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003643 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003644 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n",
3645 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3646SRST
3647``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3648 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
3649
3650 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
3651 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
3652 ``deprecated-input=reject``
3653 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003654 ``deprecated-input=crash``
3655 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003656 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
3657 Emit deprecated command results and events
3658 ``deprecated-output=hide``
3659 Suppress deprecated command results and events
3660
3661 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
3662ERST
3663
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003664DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3665 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003666 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003667 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003668 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003669 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003670SRST
3671``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3672 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3673
3674``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3675 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3676
3677 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3678 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3679 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3680
3681 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3682
3683 Example:
3684
3685 ::
3686
3687 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3688
3689 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3690 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3691ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003692
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003693DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003694 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3695 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003696SRST
3697``-serial dev``
3698 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3699 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3700 graphical mode.
3701
3702 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3703 ports.
3704
3705 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3706
3707 Available character devices are:
3708
3709 ``vc[:WxH]``
3710 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3711 pixel with
3712
3713 ::
3714
3715 vc:800x600
3716
3717 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3718
3719 ::
3720
3721 vc:80Cx24C
3722
3723 ``pty``
3724 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3725
3726 ``none``
3727 No device is allocated.
3728
3729 ``null``
3730 void device
3731
3732 ``chardev:id``
3733 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
3734 option.
3735
3736 ``/dev/XXX``
3737 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
3738 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3739
3740 ``/dev/parportN``
3741 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
3742 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3743
3744 ``file:filename``
3745 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
3746
3747 ``stdio``
3748 [Unix only] standard input/output
3749
3750 ``pipe:filename``
3751 name pipe filename
3752
3753 ``COMn``
3754 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
3755
3756 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
3757 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
3758 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
3759 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
3760
3761 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
3762 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
3763 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
3764 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
3765 netconsole session.
3766
3767 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
3768 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
3769 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
3770 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
3771 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
3772 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
3773 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
3774 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
3775 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
3776 QEMU port.
3777
3778 ``QEMU Options:``
3779 -serial udp::4555@:4556
3780
3781 ``netcat options:``
3782 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3783
3784 ``telnet options:``
3785 localhost 5555
3786
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003787 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003788 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
3789 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
3790 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003791 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003792 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003793 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003794 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
3795 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003796 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
3797 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003798 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003799 corresponding character device.
3800
3801 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
3802 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3803
3804 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003805 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003806
3807 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003808 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003809
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003810 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003811 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
3812 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
3813 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
3814 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
3815 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
3816 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
3817 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
3818 pressing the enter key.
3819
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003820 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003821 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
3822 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3823
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003824 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003825 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
3826 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
3827 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
3828
3829 ``mon:dev_string``
3830 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
3831 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
3832 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
3833 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
3834 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
3835 4444 would be:
3836
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003837 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003838
3839 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
3840 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
3841 instead.
3842
3843 ``braille``
3844 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
3845 output on a real or fake device.
3846
3847 ``msmouse``
3848 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
3849 protocol.
3850ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003851
3852DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003853 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3854 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003855SRST
3856``-parallel dev``
3857 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
3858 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
3859 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
3860 port.
3861
3862 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3863 ports.
3864
3865 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
3866ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003867
3868DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003869 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3870 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003871SRST
3872``-monitor dev``
3873 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
3874 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
3875 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
3876 monitor.
3877ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003878DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003879 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3880 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003881SRST
3882``-qmp dev``
3883 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3884ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003885DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3886 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3887 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003888SRST
3889``-qmp-pretty dev``
3890 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3891ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003892
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003893DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003894 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003895SRST
3896``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04303897 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
3898 a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
3899 same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
3900 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
3901 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00003902 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003903ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003904
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003905DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003906 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
3907 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003908SRST
3909``-debugcon dev``
3910 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
3911 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
3912 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
3913 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3914 graphical mode.
3915ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003916
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003917DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003918 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003919SRST
3920``-pidfile file``
3921 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
3922 from a script.
3923ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003924
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003925DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003926 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003927SRST
3928``-singlestep``
3929 Run the emulation in single step mode.
3930ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003931
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003932DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003933 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003934 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003935SRST
3936``--preconfig``
3937 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
3938 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
3939 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
3940 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
3941 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
3942 option is experimental.
3943ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003944
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003945DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003946 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
3947 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003948SRST
3949``-S``
3950 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
3951ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003952
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003953DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02003954 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003955 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
3956 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
3957 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
3958 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003959SRST
3960``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003961 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003962``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
3963 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
3964 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
3965
3966 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
3967 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01003968 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003969
3970 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
3971 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
3972 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
3973 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
3974 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
3975 taking into account guest idle time.
3976ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003977
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003978DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01003979 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
3980 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
3981 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
3982 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003983SRST
3984``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003985 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
3986 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01003987 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
3988 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
3989 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
3990
3991 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
3992
3993 -gdb tcp::3117
3994
3995 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
3996 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
3997 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
3998 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003999
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004000 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004001
4002 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4003ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004004
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004005DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004006 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4007 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004008SRST
4009``-s``
4010 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004011 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004012ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004013
4014DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004015 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004016 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004017SRST
4018``-d item1[,...]``
4019 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4020 items.
4021ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004022
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004023DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004024 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004025 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004026SRST
4027``-D logfile``
4028 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4029ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004030
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004031DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4032 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4033 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004034SRST
4035``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4036 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4037 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4038 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4039 example:
4040
4041 ::
4042
4043 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4044
4045 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4046 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4047 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4048ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004049
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004050DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4051 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4052 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004053SRST
4054``-seed number``
4055 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4056 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4057 within the host.
4058ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004059
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004060DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004061 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4062 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004063SRST
4064``-L path``
4065 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4066
4067 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4068ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004069
4070DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004071 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004072SRST
4073``-bios file``
4074 Set the filename for the BIOS.
4075ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004076
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004077DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004078 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004079SRST
4080``-enable-kvm``
4081 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4082 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4083ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004084
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004085DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004086 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004087DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4088 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004089 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004090 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004091DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4092 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4093 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4094 " xenpv machine type).\n",
4095 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004096SRST
4097``-xen-domid id``
4098 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4099
4100``-xen-attach``
4101 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4102 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4103 specified domain id (XEN only).
4104ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004105
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004106DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004107 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004108SRST
4109``-no-reboot``
4110 Exit instead of rebooting.
4111ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004112
4113DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004114 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004115SRST
4116``-no-shutdown``
4117 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4118 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4119 changes to the disk image.
4120ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004121
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004122DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004123 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4124 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004125 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4126 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004127 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|none\n"
4128 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004129 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4130 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4131 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4132SRST
4133``-action event=action``
4134 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4135 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4136 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4137 parameters.
4138
4139 Examples:
4140
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004141 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004142 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
4143 ``-watchdog i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
4144
4145ERST
4146
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004147DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4148 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004149 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4150 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004151SRST
4152``-loadvm file``
4153 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4154ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004155
4156#ifndef _WIN32
4157DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004158 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004159#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004160SRST
4161``-daemonize``
4162 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4163 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4164 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4165 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4166 race conditions.
4167ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004168
4169DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004170 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4171 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004172SRST
4173``-option-rom file``
4174 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4175 load things like EtherBoot.
4176ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004177
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004178DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004179 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004180 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4181 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004182
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004183SRST
4184``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4185 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4186 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4187 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4188 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4189 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4190
4191 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4192 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4193 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4194 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4195 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4196 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4197 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4198 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4199 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4200 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4201 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4202 clock.
4203
4204 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4205 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4206 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4207 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4208ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004209
4210DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004211 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004212 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004213 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004214 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4215 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004216SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004217``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004218 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4219 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4220 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4221 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4222
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004223 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4224 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4225 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4226 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4227 with actual performance.
4228
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004229 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4230 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4231 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4232 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4233 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4234 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4235 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4236 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4237 or ``align=on``.
4238
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004239 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4240 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4241 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4242 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4243 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4244 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4245 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4246 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4247 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004248 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4249 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004250
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004251 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4252 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4253 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4254 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4255 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4256 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4257 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4258 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004259ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004260
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004261DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02004262 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004263 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
4264 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004265SRST
4266``-watchdog model``
4267 Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
4268 action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
4269 the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
4270 which your guest has drivers.
4271
4272 The model is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
4273 ``-watchdog help`` to list available hardware models. Only one
4274 watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
4275
4276 The following models may be available:
4277
4278 ``ib700``
4279 iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
4280
4281 ``i6300esb``
4282 Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful
4283 PCI-based dual-timer watchdog.
4284
4285 ``diag288``
4286 A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288
4287 hypercall (currently KVM only).
4288ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004289
4290DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004291 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004292 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4293 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004294SRST
4295``-watchdog-action action``
4296 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4297 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4298 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4299 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4300 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4301 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4302 (do nothing).
4303
4304 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4305 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4306 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4307 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4308
4309 Examples:
4310
4311 ``-watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``; \ ``-watchdog ib700``
4312
4313ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004314
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004315DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004316 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4317 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004318SRST
4319``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4320 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4321 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4322 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4323 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4324 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4325 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4326 escape character to Control-t.
4327
4328 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4329
4330ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004331
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004332DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004333 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4334 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004335 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4336 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4337 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4338 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4339 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4340 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004341 " or from given external command\n" \
4342 "-incoming defer\n" \
4343 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004344 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004345SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004346``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004347 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004348``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004349 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4350
4351``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4352 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4353
4354``-incoming fd:fd``
4355 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4356
4357``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4358 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4359 command.
4360
4361``-incoming defer``
4362 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4363 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4364 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4365ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004366
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304367DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4368 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004369SRST
4370``-only-migratable``
4371 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4372 an unmigratable state.
4373ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304374
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004375DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004376 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004377SRST
4378``-nodefaults``
4379 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4380 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4381 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4382 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4383ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004384
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004385#ifndef _WIN32
4386DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004387 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4388 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004389#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004390SRST
4391``-chroot dir``
4392 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4393 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4394ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004395
4396#ifndef _WIN32
4397DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004398 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4399 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004400 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004401#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004402SRST
4403``-runas user``
4404 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4405 switching to the specified user.
4406ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004407
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004408DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4409 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004410 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4411 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004412SRST
4413``-prom-env variable=value``
4414 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4415
4416 ::
4417
4418 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4419 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4420
4421 ::
4422
4423 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4424 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4425 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4426ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004427DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004428 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004429 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004430 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004431SRST
4432``-semihosting``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004433 Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004434
4435 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4436 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4437
4438 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4439 information about the facilities this enables.
4440ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004441DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004442 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004443 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004444QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004445QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004446SRST
4447``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004448 Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004449 only).
4450
4451 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4452 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4453
4454 On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0.
4455
4456 On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by
4457 libgloss.
4458
4459 Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as
4460 open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and
4461 linux platform "sim" use this interface.
4462
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004463 On RISC-V this implements the standard semihosting API, version 0.2.
4464
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004465 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4466 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4467 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4468 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4469
4470 ``chardev=str1``
4471 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4472 output when not in gdb
4473
4474 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4475 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4476 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4477 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4478 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4479 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4480 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4481 takes precedence.
4482ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004483DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004484 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004485SRST
4486``-old-param``
4487 Old param mode (ARM only).
4488ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004489
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004490DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004491 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004492 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004493 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4494 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4495 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004496 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004497 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4498 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004499 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004500 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4501 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004502 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004503 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004504 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004505SRST
4506``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4507 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4508 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4509
4510 ``obsolete=string``
4511 Enable Obsolete system calls
4512
4513 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4514 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4515
4516 ``spawn=string``
4517 Disable \*fork and execve
4518
4519 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4520 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4521ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004522
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004523DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004524 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004525SRST
4526``-readconfig file``
4527 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4528 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4529 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4530ERST
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004531DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
4532 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Paolo Bonzinib979c932021-02-25 11:55:27 +01004533 " read/write config file (deprecated)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004534SRST
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004535ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004536
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004537DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4538 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004539 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004540 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004541SRST
4542``-no-user-config``
4543 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4544 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4545ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004546
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004547DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004548 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004549 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004550 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004551SRST
4552``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004553 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004554
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004555ERST
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004556DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004557 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004558 " load a plugin\n",
4559 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004560SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004561``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004562 Load a plugin.
4563
4564 ``file=file``
4565 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4566
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004567 ``argname=argvalue``
4568 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004569ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004570
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004571HXCOMM Internal use
4572DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4573DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004574
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004575#ifdef __linux__
4576DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
4577 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
4578 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4579#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004580SRST
4581``-enable-fips``
4582 Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
4583ERST
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004584
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004585DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004586 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004587 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004588 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4589 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4590 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004591 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004592SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004593``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004594 Control error message format.
4595
4596 ``timestamp=on|off``
4597 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004598
4599 ``guest-name=on|off``
4600 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4601 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004602ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004603
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304604DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4605 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4606 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4607 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4608 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004609 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304610 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004611SRST
4612``-dump-vmstate file``
4613 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4614 file in file
4615ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304616
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004617DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4618 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4619 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4620 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004621SRST
4622``-enable-sync-profile``
4623 Enable synchronization profiling.
4624ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004625
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004626DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004627
4628DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004629
4630DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4631 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4632 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4633 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4634 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4635 " '/objects' path.\n",
4636 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004637SRST
4638``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4639 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4640 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4641 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4642
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004643 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004644 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4645 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4646
4647 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004648 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
4649 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004650
4651 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004652 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004653
4654 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4655 huge page filesystem mount.
4656
4657 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4658 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4659 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4660 region.
4661
4662 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4663 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4664
4665 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4666 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4667 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4668 source tree for additional details.
4669
4670 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4671 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4672 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4673 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4674 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4675 using SIGKILL.
4676
4677 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4678 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4679 the pages for memory deduplication.
4680
4681 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4682 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4683
4684 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4685
4686 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4687 NUMA host nodes.
4688
4689 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4690 following values:
4691
4692 ``default``
4693 default host policy
4694
4695 ``preferred``
4696 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4697
4698 ``bind``
4699 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4700
4701 ``interleave``
4702 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4703 list
4704
4705 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4706 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4707 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4708 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4709 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4710 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4711 option.
4712
4713 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4714 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4715 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4716 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4717 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4718 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4719 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4720 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4721 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4722 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4723 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4724 option.
4725
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004726 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4727 read-only or read-write (default).
4728
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004729 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4730 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4731 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4732 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4733 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4734 options.
4735
4736 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4737 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4738 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4739 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4740 optional sealing. (Linux only)
4741
4742 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4743 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4744
4745 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
4746 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
4747 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
4748 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
4749 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
4750 system).
4751
4752 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
4753 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
4754 4.16).
4755
4756 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4757 other options.
4758
4759 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
4760
4761 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
4762 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4763 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4764 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4765 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
4766 uses this RNG backend.
4767
4768 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
4769 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4770 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4771 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4772 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
4773 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
4774 ``/dev/urandom``.
4775
4776 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
4777 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4778 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
4779 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4780 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
4781 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
4782 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
4783
4784 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
4785 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4786 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4787 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4788 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4789 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4790 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4791 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4792 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
4793 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4794
4795 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4796 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4797 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4798 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4799 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4800 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4801 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4802 upfront and saved.
4803
4804 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
4805 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
4806 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
4807 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
4808 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
4809 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
4810 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
4811 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
4812 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
4813
4814 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
4815 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
4816 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
4817 program.
4818
4819 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
4820 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
4821 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
4822 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4823 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4824 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
4825 front and saved.
4826
4827 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
4828 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4829 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4830 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4831 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4832 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4833 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4834 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4835 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
4836 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
4837 with valid client certificates too.
4838
4839 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4840 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4841 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4842 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4843 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4844 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4845 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4846 upfront and saved.
4847
4848 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
4849 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
4850 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
4851 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
4852 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
4853 and client-key.pem (only clients).
4854
4855 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
4856 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4857 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
4858 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
4859 password for decryption.
4860
4861 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
4862 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4863 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4864 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4865 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4866 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4867 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4868 string as described at
4869 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4870
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02004871 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
4872 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
4873 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
4874 to use.
4875
4876 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
4877 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
4878 host.
4879
4880 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
4881 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4882 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4883 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4884 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4885 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4886 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4887 string as described at
4888 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4889
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02004890 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
4891 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
4892 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
4893 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
4894 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
4895 guest-side TLS.
4896
4897 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
4898 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
4899 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
4900 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
4901
4902 .. parsed-literal::
4903
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02004904 # |qemu_system| \\
4905 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02004906 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
4907
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004908 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4909 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
4910 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
4911 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
4912 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
4913 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
4914 for netfilter will be 'on'.
4915
4916 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
4917 netfilter.
4918
4919 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
4920 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
4921
4922 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
4923 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
4924
4925 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
4926 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
4927
4928 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
4929 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
4930 to any netfilter.
4931
4932 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
4933 before any existing filters.
4934
4935 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
4936 behind any existing filters (default).
4937
4938 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
4939 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
4940
4941 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
4942 the new filter relative to the one specified with
4943 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
4944
4945 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
4946
4947 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
4948
4949 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4950 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
4951 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
4952 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
4953
4954 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4955 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
4956 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
4957 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
4958 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
4959 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
4960 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
4961 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
4962
4963 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4964 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
4965 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
4966 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
4967 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
4968 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
4969
4970 usage: colo secondary: -object
4971 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
4972 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
4973 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
4974
4975 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4976 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
4977 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
4978 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
4979 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
4980
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08004981 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08004982 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
4983 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
4984 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
4985 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
4986 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
4987 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
4988 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
4989 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
4990 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
4991 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
4992 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
4993 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
4994 size depend on user environment.
4995 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08004996 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004997
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08004998 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
4999 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005000
5001 ::
5002
5003 KVM COLO
5004
5005 primary:
5006 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5007 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005008 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5009 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5010 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005011 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005012 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005013 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5014 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5015 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5016 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5017 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5018 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5019
5020 secondary:
5021 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5022 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5023 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5024 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5025 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5026 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5027
5028
5029 Xen COLO
5030
5031 primary:
5032 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5033 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005034 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5035 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5036 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005037 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005038 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005039 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005040 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005041 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5042 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5043 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5044 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5045 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5046
5047 secondary:
5048 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5049 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5050 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5051 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5052 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5053 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5054
5055 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5056 read the colo-compare git log.
5057
5058 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
5059 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
5060 the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
5061 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5062 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5063 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5064 of queues is 1.
5065
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005066 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005067
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005068 # |qemu_system| \\
5069 [...] \\
5070 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5071 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005072 [...]
5073
5074 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5075 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5076 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5077 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5078 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5079 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5080 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5081 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5082 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5083 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5084
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005085 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005086
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005087 # |qemu_system| \\
5088 [...] \\
5089 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5090 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5091 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005092 [...]
5093
5094 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005095 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005096 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5097 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5098 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5099 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5100 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5101 sensitive data is encrypted.
5102
5103 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5104 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5105 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5106 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5107 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5108 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5109 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5110
5111 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5112 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5113 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5114 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5115 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5116 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5117 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5118 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5119 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5120
5121 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5122
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005123 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005124
5125 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5126
5127 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5128
5129 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5130 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5131
5132 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5133 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5134 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5135 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5136 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5137
5138 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5139
5140 ::
5141
5142 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5143 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5144
5145 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5146 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5147 secret
5148
5149 ::
5150
5151 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5152 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5153
5154 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5155 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5156 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5157
5158 ::
5159
5160 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5161 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5162
5163 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5164 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5165 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5166
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005167 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005168
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005169 # |qemu_system| \\
5170 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5171 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005172 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5173
5174 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file]``
5175 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5176 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5177 on AMD processors.
5178
5179 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5180 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5181 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5182 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5183 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5184
5185 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5186 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5187 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5188 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
5189 the value should be 5.
5190
5191 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5192 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5193 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5194 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5195 CCP driver.
5196
5197 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5198 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5199 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5200 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5201 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5202 guest. The default is 0.
5203
5204 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5205 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5206 from which to share the key.
5207
5208 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5209 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5210 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5211 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5212 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5213
5214 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5215
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005216 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005217
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005218 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5219 ...... \\
5220 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
5221 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005222 .....
5223
5224 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5225 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5226 network services.
5227
5228 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5229 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5230 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5231 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5232 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5233
5234 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5235 name would look like:
5236
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005237 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005238
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005239 # |qemu_system| \\
5240 ... \\
5241 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005242 ...
5243
5244 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5245 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5246
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005247 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005248 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5249 network services.
5250
5251 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5252 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5253
5254 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5255 look like:
5256
5257 ::
5258
5259 {
5260 "rules": [
5261 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5262 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5263 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5264 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5265 ],
5266 "policy": "deny"
5267 }
5268
5269 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5270 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5271 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5272 ``policy`` value is returned.
5273
5274 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5275 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5276 used.
5277
5278 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5279 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5280
5281 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5282 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5283 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5284
5285 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5286 would look like:
5287
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005288 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005289
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005290 # |qemu_system| \\
5291 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005292 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005293 ...
5294
5295 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5296 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5297 network services.
5298
5299 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5300 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5301 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5302 the ``account`` subsystem.
5303
5304 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5305 distinguished name would look like:
5306
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005307 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005308
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005309 # |qemu_system| \\
5310 ... \\
5311 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005312 ...
5313
5314 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5315 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5316
5317 ::
5318
5319 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5320 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5321
5322 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
5323 of x509 distingished names that are permitted access
5324
5325 ::
5326
5327 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5328
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005329 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005330 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5331 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5332 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5333 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5334 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5335
5336 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5337 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5338 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5339 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5340
5341 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5342 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5343 pinning/affinity.
5344
5345 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5346 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5347 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5348 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5349 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5350 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5351 workload and/or host device latency.
5352
5353 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5354 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5355 setting this value to 0.
5356
5357 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5358 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5359 due to not polling long enough.
5360
5361 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5362 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5363 long polling without encountering events.
5364
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005365 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5366 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5367 its default.
5368
5369 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005370 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5371 ``id``):
5372
5373 ::
5374
5375 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5376ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005377
5378
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005379HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005380
5381#undef DEF
5382#undef DEFHEADING
5383#undef ARCHHEADING